[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#351) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.9.20071128-5-g0b3f940
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:16:34 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 0b3f94085170936d463ea4f5707a6de416923cf2 (commit)
from ba4ba204ad73db8aa54a9c85b45a6cdd1da7976e (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 8 +
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 801 +++++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 692 ++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 699 +++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 931 +++++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 674 ++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 50 +-
7 files changed, 2312 insertions(+), 1543 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index 7de9c9b..2bf5012 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071201) unstable; urgency=low
+
+ * release-manual:
+ * updated sources from the wiki
+ * updated German and Bokmål translations, thanks to Jürgen and Håvard
+
+ -- Holger Levsen <holger at debian.org> Sat, 1 Dec 2007 02:12:18 +0100
+
debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071128) unstable; urgency=low
* release-manual:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index a605c0c..ef14006 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 16:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:06+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-28 23:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jürgen Leibner <juergen at leibner.eu>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-28</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -674,7 +674,13 @@ msgid ""
"have read access for other users on the system, some should be readable by "
"everyone on the internet, and some should not be accessible for reading by "
"anyone but the user."
-msgstr "Jedem Skolelinux Benutzerkonto ist ein Abschnitt des Dateisystems auf dem Server zugewiesen. Dieser Abschnitt (Benutzerverzeichnis) beinhaltet die Konfigurationsdateien, Dokumente, E-Mails und Webseiten des Benutzer. Einige der Dateien sollten mit Lesezugriff für andere Benutzer auf dem System ausgestattet sein, einige sollten lesbar für Jedermann im Internet und manche sollten für Keinen, außer dem Benutzer selbst, lesbar sein."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedem Skolelinux Benutzerkonto ist ein Abschnitt des Dateisystems auf dem "
+"Server zugewiesen. Dieser Abschnitt (Benutzerverzeichnis) beinhaltet die "
+"Konfigurationsdateien, Dokumente, E-Mails und Webseiten des Benutzer. Einige "
+"der Dateien sollten mit Lesezugriff für andere Benutzer auf dem System "
+"ausgestattet sein, einige sollten lesbar für Jedermann im Internet und "
+"manche sollten für Keinen, außer dem Benutzer selbst, lesbar sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:148
@@ -687,8 +693,15 @@ msgid ""
"user accounts are created. More directories may then be created when needed, "
"to accomodate particular user groups or particular patterns of usage."
msgstr ""
-"Um sicherzustellen, dass alle Festplatten, die für Benutzerverzeichnisse oder gemeinsame Verzeichnisse auf allen Computern in der Installation benutzt werden, einheitlich benannt werden können, sind sie als <computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ </computeroutput>. Zunächst ist ein Verzeichnis auf dem Dateiserver erstellt, "
-"<computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0/ </computeroutput>, in dem all die Benutzerverzeichnisse erstellt wurden. Mehr Verzeichnisse können dann erzeugt werden, wenn sie benötigt werden, um bestimmten Benutzergruppen oder bestimmte Muster der Nutzung unterzubringen."
+"Um sicherzustellen, dass alle Festplatten, die für Benutzerverzeichnisse "
+"oder gemeinsame Verzeichnisse auf allen Computern in der Installation "
+"benutzt werden, einheitlich benannt werden können, sind sie als "
+"<computeroutput>/skole/host/directory/ </computeroutput>. Zunächst ist ein "
+"Verzeichnis auf dem Dateiserver erstellt, <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/"
+"home0/ </computeroutput>, in dem all die Benutzerverzeichnisse erstellt "
+"wurden. Mehr Verzeichnisse können dann erzeugt werden, wenn sie benötigt "
+"werden, um bestimmten Benutzergruppen oder bestimmte Muster der Nutzung "
+"unterzubringen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:152
@@ -705,11 +718,20 @@ msgid ""
"initially should be able to read newly created files, then X=2. If only the "
"relevant group should be given initial read access then X=7.)"
msgstr ""
-"Um die Kontrolle von geteiltem Dateizugriff unter Benutzung von Dateigruppen zu ermöglichen, jeder Benutzer muss einer primären Gruppe ohne anderen Mitgliedern zugeordnet sein. Der Name dieser privaten Gruppe sollte identisch mit dem Benutzernamen sein. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat."
-"com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
+"Um die Kontrolle von geteiltem Dateizugriff unter Benutzung von Dateigruppen "
+"zu ermöglichen, jeder Benutzer muss einer primären Gruppe ohne anderen "
+"Mitgliedern zugeordnet sein. Der Name dieser privaten Gruppe sollte "
+"identisch mit dem Benutzernamen sein. (<ulink url='http://www.redhat.com/"
+"docs/manuals/linux/RHL-9-Manual/ref-guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups."
"html'>Mehr Info über private Gruppen </ulink> ist von Redhat verfügbar.) "
-"Dies erlaubt für alle neuen von dem Benutzer erzeugten Dateien das Setzen des vollen Zugriffs für die Dateigruppe. Zusammen mit dem set-gid Bit auf Verzeichnissen und der Vererbung von Rechten, ermöglicht es kontrollierten gemeinsamen Dateizugriff zwischen den Mitgliedern einer Dateigruppe. "
-"Dazu sollte die umask 00X des Benutzer sein. (Falls alle Benutzer anfänglich in der Lage sein sollen, neue erstellte Dateien zu lesen, dann X=2. Falls nur der relevanten Gruppe anfänglicher Lesezugriff gegeben werden soll, dann ist X=7.)"
+"Dies erlaubt für alle neuen von dem Benutzer erzeugten Dateien das Setzen "
+"des vollen Zugriffs für die Dateigruppe. Zusammen mit dem set-gid Bit auf "
+"Verzeichnissen und der Vererbung von Rechten, ermöglicht es kontrollierten "
+"gemeinsamen Dateizugriff zwischen den Mitgliedern einer Dateigruppe. Dazu "
+"sollte die umask 00X des Benutzer sein. (Falls alle Benutzer anfänglich in "
+"der Lage sein sollen, neue erstellte Dateien zu lesen, dann X=2. Falls nur "
+"der relevanten Gruppe anfänglicher Lesezugriff gegeben werden soll, dann ist "
+"X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:155
@@ -728,7 +750,24 @@ msgid ""
"if they do not contain sensitive information and the content would be "
"helpful to inquisitive users who want to learn how others have solved "
"particular problems (typically configuration issues)."
-msgstr "Die anfängliche Einstellung der Zugriffsrechte für neu erstellte Dateien ist eine Sache der Politik. Sie können einerseits so eingestellt sein, dass jedem Lesezugriff gegeben wird, der später durch den Benutzer gezielt wieder entfernt werden kann, oder sie sind anfänglich gesperrt, mit der Notwendigkeit sie durch gezielten Benutzereingriff zugreifbar zu machen. Der erste Ansatz fördert das Teilen von Wissen und macht das System mehr transparent, wogegen die zweite Methode das Risiko von ungewünschter Verbreitung von empfindlichen Informationen senkt. Das Problem mit der ersten Lösung ist, dass es für die Benutzer nicht ersichtlich ist, dass das von ihnen erstellte Material durch alle anderen zugreifbar ist. Dies ist nur durch die Untersuchung der Benutzerverzeichnisse erkennbar, wo man sehen kann, dass die Dateien lesbar sind. Das Problem mit der zweiten Lösung besteht darin, dass wahrscheinlich wenig Leute ihre Dateien zugreifbar machen möchten, selbst wenn sie keine empfindlichen Informationen enthalten und der Inhalt hilfreich für neugierige Benutzer wäre, die lernen wollen, wie andere bestimmte Probleme gelöst haben (typischerweise Konfigurationsthemen)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die anfängliche Einstellung der Zugriffsrechte für neu erstellte Dateien ist "
+"eine Sache der Politik. Sie können einerseits so eingestellt sein, dass "
+"jedem Lesezugriff gegeben wird, der später durch den Benutzer gezielt wieder "
+"entfernt werden kann, oder sie sind anfänglich gesperrt, mit der "
+"Notwendigkeit sie durch gezielten Benutzereingriff zugreifbar zu machen. Der "
+"erste Ansatz fördert das Teilen von Wissen und macht das System mehr "
+"transparent, wogegen die zweite Methode das Risiko von ungewünschter "
+"Verbreitung von empfindlichen Informationen senkt. Das Problem mit der "
+"ersten Lösung ist, dass es für die Benutzer nicht ersichtlich ist, dass das "
+"von ihnen erstellte Material durch alle anderen zugreifbar ist. Dies ist nur "
+"durch die Untersuchung der Benutzerverzeichnisse erkennbar, wo man sehen "
+"kann, dass die Dateien lesbar sind. Das Problem mit der zweiten Lösung "
+"besteht darin, dass wahrscheinlich wenig Leute ihre Dateien zugreifbar "
+"machen möchten, selbst wenn sie keine empfindlichen Informationen enthalten "
+"und der Inhalt hilfreich für neugierige Benutzer wäre, die lernen wollen, "
+"wie andere bestimmte Probleme gelöst haben (typischerweise "
+"Konfigurationsthemen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:157
@@ -743,7 +782,18 @@ msgid ""
"others should be put in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput>, whereas "
"public files will be put in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput>. Other "
"files will initially be accessible, but may be blocked as needed."
-msgstr "Empfehlung: Die Dateien werden anfänglich auf lesbar für alle gesetzt, aber bestimmte Verzeichnisse werden erzeugt, in denen der Inhalt anfänglich gesperrt ist. Dies wird einfach entscheiden, ob die Datei lesbar gemacht werden soll, oder nicht. Konkret sollte umask auf 002 gesetzt werden und <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> mit den Privilegien0775 erzeugt werden, <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> mit 0750 und <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput> mit 0775. Dateien, die nicht lesbar für andere sein sollen, sollten in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> gespeichert werden, wogegen öffentliche Dateien in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </computeroutput> gespeichert werden. Andere Dateien werden anfänglich zugreifbar sein, können aber wie benötigt gesperrt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Empfehlung: Die Dateien werden anfänglich auf lesbar für alle gesetzt, aber "
+"bestimmte Verzeichnisse werden erzeugt, in denen der Inhalt anfänglich "
+"gesperrt ist. Dies wird einfach entscheiden, ob die Datei lesbar gemacht "
+"werden soll, oder nicht. Konkret sollte umask auf 002 gesetzt werden und "
+"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> mit den Privilegien0775 erzeugt werden, "
+"<computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> mit 0750 und <computeroutput>~/"
+"pub/ </computeroutput> mit 0775. Dateien, die nicht lesbar für andere sein "
+"sollen, sollten in <computeroutput>~/priv/ </computeroutput> gespeichert "
+"werden, wogegen öffentliche Dateien in <computeroutput>~/pub/ </"
+"computeroutput> gespeichert werden. Andere Dateien werden anfänglich "
+"zugreifbar sein, können aber wie benötigt gesperrt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:164
@@ -751,12 +801,18 @@ msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
"is 755."
-msgstr "ssh erfordert, dass das Heimatverzeichnis des Benutzers nur durch den Benutzer beschreibbar ist, somit ist das maximum an Zugriffsprivilegien 755 für <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"ssh erfordert, dass das Heimatverzeichnis des Benutzers nur durch den "
+"Benutzer beschreibbar ist, somit ist das maximum an Zugriffsprivilegien 755 "
+"für <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:166
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame Verzeichnisse?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame "
+"Verzeichnisse?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:172
@@ -887,7 +943,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:208
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
-msgstr "Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:209
@@ -1101,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid ""
-"for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
+"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
@@ -1201,8 +1258,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
-#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1613,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -1644,7 +1702,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:506
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1714,7 +1773,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:542
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
@@ -2256,8 +2316,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
-#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2669,7 +2729,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1083
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
@@ -2923,7 +2984,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1188
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3092,7 +3154,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1250
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3192,7 +3255,8 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1295
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
@@ -3240,7 +3304,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1319
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3372,7 +3437,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1376
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3611,12 +3677,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -3644,22 +3710,90 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
+"members of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
+msgid ""
+"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
+msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
+"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
+"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1568
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
+"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
+"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -3667,14 +3801,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3683,43 +3817,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1593
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
-"require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
-"binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, "
-"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
+"binary from Adobe."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
-"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
+"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1606
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3728,7 +3861,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3737,14 +3870,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1596
+#: release-manual.xml:1617
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3752,12 +3885,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1600
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3765,30 +3899,64 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1626
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
+msgid ""
+"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
+"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
+"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
+msgid "Then:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3796,12 +3964,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3809,14 +3977,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3824,19 +3992,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3844,17 +4012,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3863,17 +4031,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -3883,7 +4051,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3892,14 +4060,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3910,19 +4078,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1675
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3931,12 +4099,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3948,19 +4116,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3969,27 +4137,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1740
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3998,21 +4166,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4022,12 +4190,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4040,26 +4208,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4073,7 +4241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1779
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4083,12 +4251,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1749
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4099,7 +4267,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4109,12 +4277,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4123,12 +4291,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4139,7 +4307,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4150,7 +4318,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1777
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4159,7 +4327,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4170,22 +4338,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1787
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4195,56 +4363,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1803
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4255,48 +4423,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4304,18 +4473,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4325,7 +4494,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4334,7 +4503,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4342,34 +4511,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1874
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4377,29 +4547,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4409,7 +4579,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1921
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4418,12 +4588,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4431,21 +4601,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4454,14 +4624,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4469,38 +4639,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4508,26 +4678,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4535,12 +4705,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4548,7 +4718,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4561,14 +4731,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4576,23 +4746,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2104
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4601,7 +4771,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4612,12 +4782,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4625,7 +4795,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4633,19 +4803,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4654,7 +4824,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4662,12 +4832,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4676,7 +4846,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -4687,7 +4857,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4696,7 +4866,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4707,22 +4877,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4730,7 +4900,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4738,12 +4908,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -4751,7 +4921,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -4760,24 +4930,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2183
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -4788,29 +4958,29 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -4821,12 +4991,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -4834,12 +5004,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -4853,7 +5023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -4866,19 +5036,19 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -4890,7 +5060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -4903,7 +5073,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -4915,12 +5085,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -4931,13 +5101,13 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -4947,7 +5117,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -4962,7 +5132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4971,14 +5141,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -4991,7 +5161,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
@@ -5002,19 +5172,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5026,25 +5196,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5053,7 +5223,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5062,7 +5232,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5071,7 +5241,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5079,17 +5249,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5098,12 +5268,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5117,7 +5287,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2364
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5128,7 +5298,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5140,14 +5310,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5156,7 +5326,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5164,7 +5334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5173,7 +5343,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5188,7 +5358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2385
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5202,7 +5372,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5211,7 +5381,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5220,7 +5390,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5229,7 +5399,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5238,7 +5408,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5249,7 +5419,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5259,7 +5429,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5273,7 +5443,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5283,7 +5453,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5295,7 +5465,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5308,7 +5478,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5320,7 +5490,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5337,7 +5507,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5345,7 +5515,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5359,14 +5529,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5378,7 +5548,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2430
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5387,7 +5557,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5399,7 +5569,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5412,12 +5582,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5431,7 +5601,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5445,42 +5615,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2462
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2436
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5492,122 +5662,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460 release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5616,35 +5786,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index 4a88ee9..ea54578 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 16:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-28</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid ""
-"for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
+"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
@@ -1228,8 +1228,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
-#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2345,8 +2345,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
-#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3841,12 +3841,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -3873,25 +3873,90 @@ msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1548
-#, fuzzy
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
+"members of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
-"DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
+msgid ""
+"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
+msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
+"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
+"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1568
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
+"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
+"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -3899,14 +3964,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3915,41 +3980,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1593
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
-"require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
-"binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, "
-"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
+"binary from Adobe."
msgstr ""
"paquete debian. Requiere una conexión funcional a internet, y descargará el "
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
-"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
+"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
"</inlinemediaobject> La Version 9.0.31.0.1 del paquete no funciona en Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -3958,7 +4023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1606
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3967,7 +4032,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3976,14 +4041,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1596
+#: release-manual.xml:1617
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3991,13 +4056,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1600
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4005,31 +4070,65 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1626
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
+msgid ""
+"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
+"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
+"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
+msgid "Then:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4037,12 +4136,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4050,14 +4149,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4065,19 +4164,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4085,17 +4184,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4108,17 +4207,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4128,7 +4227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4137,14 +4236,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4155,19 +4254,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1675
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4176,12 +4275,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4193,19 +4292,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4214,28 +4313,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1740
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4248,7 +4347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4257,14 +4356,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4279,12 +4378,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4305,7 +4404,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4315,20 +4414,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4342,7 +4441,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1779
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4358,12 +4457,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1749
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4374,7 +4473,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4384,12 +4483,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4398,12 +4497,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4414,7 +4513,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4425,7 +4524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1777
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4434,7 +4533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4445,22 +4544,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1787
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4470,56 +4569,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1803
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4530,49 +4629,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4580,18 +4679,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4601,7 +4700,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4610,7 +4709,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4618,36 +4717,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4655,29 +4754,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4687,7 +4786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1921
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4696,12 +4795,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -4713,21 +4812,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4736,14 +4835,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4751,38 +4850,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4790,26 +4889,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4817,12 +4916,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4830,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4843,14 +4942,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4861,23 +4960,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2104
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4886,7 +4985,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4897,13 +4996,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4911,7 +5010,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4919,20 +5018,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4941,7 +5040,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4949,13 +5048,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4964,7 +5063,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -4980,7 +5079,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4989,7 +5088,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5000,23 +5099,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5028,7 +5127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5036,13 +5135,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5054,7 +5153,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5067,18 +5166,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2183
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5089,7 +5188,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5099,18 +5198,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5120,13 +5219,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5136,12 +5235,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5152,12 +5251,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5170,7 +5269,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5182,12 +5281,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5196,7 +5295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5206,7 +5305,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -5217,7 +5316,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5227,12 +5326,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5243,13 +5342,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5259,7 +5358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5273,7 +5372,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5282,14 +5381,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5298,26 +5397,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5331,25 +5430,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2323
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5362,7 +5461,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5371,7 +5470,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5380,7 +5479,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5388,17 +5487,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5407,12 +5506,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5426,7 +5525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2364
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5437,7 +5536,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5449,14 +5548,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5465,7 +5564,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5473,7 +5572,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5482,7 +5581,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5497,7 +5596,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2385
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5511,7 +5610,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5520,7 +5619,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5529,7 +5628,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5538,7 +5637,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5547,7 +5646,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5558,7 +5657,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5568,7 +5667,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5582,7 +5681,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5592,7 +5691,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5604,7 +5703,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5617,7 +5716,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5629,7 +5728,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5646,7 +5745,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5654,7 +5753,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5668,14 +5767,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5687,7 +5786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2430
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5696,7 +5795,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5708,7 +5807,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5721,7 +5820,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5729,7 +5828,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5743,7 +5842,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5757,42 +5856,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2462
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2436
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5804,7 +5903,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5812,7 +5911,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5820,7 +5919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5828,108 +5927,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460 release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5938,38 +6037,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
+#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu'>http://wiki.debian.org/"
+#~ "DebianEdu </ulink> - wiki orientado a desarrolladores"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#~ msgid "after you have modified your sources.list:"
#~ msgstr "después de modificar su sources.list:"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index ad26b19..47930d4 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 16:08+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-24 23:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-28</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
"computeroutput> pacchetto il<computeroutput>2007-11-23</computeroutput>."
@@ -1150,8 +1150,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:282
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
+"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
"per i thin clients 32 MiB RAM e 133 MHz sono il minimo richiesto. Swap è "
@@ -1287,8 +1288,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
-#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2551,8 +2552,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
-#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4234,12 +4235,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4265,26 +4266,90 @@ msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "Modo Kiosk di KDE"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
+"members of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
-"FIXME: vedere <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> e "
-"scrivere una descrizione pulita del setting di kiosk mode. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
+msgid ""
+"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
+msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
+"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
+"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1568
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
+"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
+"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifcare il login screen di kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4296,15 +4361,16 @@ msgstr ""
"default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
"Sotto un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel pacchetto {{desktop-base}}}:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4316,7 +4382,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4325,18 +4391,18 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1593
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
-"require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
-"binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, "
-"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
+"binary from Adobe."
msgstr ""
"Per installare il plugin per i browser web Adobe Flash Player, occorre il "
"pacchetto debian <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput>. "
@@ -4345,16 +4411,17 @@ msgstr ""
"documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
-"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
+"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 del pacchetto non funziona in Etch "
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4363,7 +4430,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funziona sia con konqueror che firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1606
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4377,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4390,7 +4457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"assicurare un download sicuro."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1596
+#: release-manual.xml:1617
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4399,7 +4466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root fare il download via webbrowser o con wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4409,7 +4476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1600
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4417,7 +4484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa occorre rimuoverlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4427,12 +4494,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Poi installare"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1626
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4441,18 +4508,54 @@ msgstr ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
+msgid ""
+"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
+"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
+"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
+msgid "Then:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4462,12 +4565,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4478,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4487,7 +4590,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4497,7 +4600,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4506,12 +4609,12 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installare multimedia e librerie dvd"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4521,17 +4624,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4544,17 +4647,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4569,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quali parametri si può specificare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4582,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4591,7 +4694,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4607,12 +4710,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1675
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "in qualche posto sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4621,7 +4724,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4634,13 +4737,13 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
#, fuzzy
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4659,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4668,12 +4771,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4682,28 +4785,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1740
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4716,7 +4819,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4725,14 +4828,14 @@ msgstr ""
"richiesti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4747,12 +4850,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4774,7 +4877,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4784,7 +4887,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(nome dell'host e configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -4793,13 +4896,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'the host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Collegarsi al dominio normaalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4823,7 +4926,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1779
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4839,12 +4942,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1749
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4855,7 +4958,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4865,12 +4968,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4884,12 +4987,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Amministrare profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4907,7 +5010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4924,7 +5027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1777
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4937,7 +5040,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4954,24 +5057,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1787
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e esegui gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4986,37 +5089,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5025,7 +5128,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1803
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5034,12 +5137,12 @@ msgstr ""
"durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5056,12 +5159,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5070,12 +5173,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5084,19 +5187,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5105,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5116,17 +5219,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Redirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5140,7 +5243,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmi non ben programmati usati nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5154,7 +5257,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5165,14 +5268,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5181,22 +5284,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5207,14 +5310,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5223,17 +5326,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5248,7 +5351,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1921
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5260,12 +5363,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5276,7 +5379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5285,7 +5388,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5294,7 +5397,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5307,7 +5410,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5316,17 +5419,17 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
msgid "moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5335,7 +5438,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
@@ -5344,12 +5447,12 @@ msgstr ""
"crediti. FIXME: più esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5358,7 +5461,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti. FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5368,7 +5471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -5378,12 +5481,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5392,7 +5495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet. FIXME: spiegare come si installa e si usa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5403,12 +5506,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico o illegale nella giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5419,7 +5522,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un sistema etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5439,7 +5542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5448,7 +5551,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5459,22 +5562,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2104
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5486,7 +5589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5503,12 +5606,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5519,7 +5622,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5530,12 +5633,12 @@ msgstr ""
"e<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5545,7 +5648,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5558,7 +5661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza dove ci incontriamo di persona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5569,12 +5672,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5587,7 +5690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5604,7 +5707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no/UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5618,7 +5721,7 @@ msgstr ""
"libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5635,23 +5738,23 @@ msgstr ""
"trasferiremo il documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5662,7 +5765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5673,13 +5776,13 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5690,7 +5793,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5703,19 +5806,19 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2183
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -5724,7 +5827,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -5733,20 +5836,20 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -5755,13 +5858,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5771,12 +5874,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5787,12 +5890,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5806,7 +5909,7 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5818,12 +5921,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5832,7 +5935,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5841,7 +5944,7 @@ msgstr ""
"copyright 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5852,7 +5955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5861,12 +5964,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -5875,12 +5978,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5895,7 +5998,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurre questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5910,7 +6013,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5922,7 +6025,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -5931,7 +6034,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5944,7 +6047,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -5953,20 +6056,20 @@ msgstr ""
"rights to do so) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
#, fuzzy
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5977,23 +6080,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2323
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6006,7 +6109,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6019,7 +6122,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6032,7 +6135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6043,17 +6146,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6066,12 +6169,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6094,7 +6197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2364
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6111,7 +6214,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6130,7 +6233,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6139,7 +6242,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6152,7 +6255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6163,7 +6266,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6176,7 +6279,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6201,7 +6304,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2385
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6224,7 +6327,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6237,7 +6340,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6250,7 +6353,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6263,7 +6366,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6276,7 +6379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6293,7 +6396,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6308,7 +6411,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6331,7 +6434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6346,7 +6449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6365,7 +6468,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6386,7 +6489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6405,7 +6508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6434,7 +6537,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6445,7 +6548,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6468,7 +6571,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6477,7 +6580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6496,7 +6599,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2430
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6509,7 +6612,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6528,7 +6631,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6549,12 +6652,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6577,7 +6680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6600,42 +6703,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2462
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2436
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6655,122 +6758,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460 release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6783,33 +6886,33 @@ msgstr ""
"della tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -6820,6 +6923,18 @@ msgstr ""
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-"
"live/."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how "
+#~ "to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: vedere <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
+#~ "TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> "
+#~ "e scrivere una descrizione pulita del setting di kiosk mode. (esp. how to "
+#~ "change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#~ msgid ""
#~ "1.) Umount the partition (don't forget that you'll have to umount for "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index ef9c35d..c5c7315 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 16:08+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:07+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-30 22:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-28</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-11-21</computeroutput>."
@@ -765,7 +765,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:166
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr "- tilgang til hjemmeområder (*~/.)? - hjemmeområder - delte områder?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1133,8 +1134,9 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:282
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
+"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
"for tynnklienter er 32 MiB RAM og 133 MHz det anbefalte minimum. Mellomlager "
@@ -1268,8 +1270,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041
-#: release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1650,7 +1652,8 @@ msgstr "Velg en tidsone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
+msgstr ""
+"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:473
@@ -1687,7 +1690,11 @@ msgid ""
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
"authenticated by the main server, where the user's files and desktop profile "
"are stored."
-msgstr "En maskin som starter opp fra sin egen harddisk, og som kjører all programvare og enheter lokalt som en vanlig maskin. Men brukeren logger inn og autentiseres av hovedtjeneren, der brukerens filer og skrivebordsoppsett er lagret."
+msgstr ""
+"En maskin som starter opp fra sin egen harddisk, og som kjører all "
+"programvare og enheter lokalt som en vanlig maskin. Men brukeren logger inn "
+"og autentiseres av hovedtjeneren, der brukerens filer og skrivebordsoppsett "
+"er lagret."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:481
@@ -1700,7 +1707,11 @@ msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core."
-msgstr "Tynnklienttjener (og tjener for arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk). Klienter uten harddisk starter opp og kjører programvare fra denne tjeneren. Denne maskinen trenger to nettverkskort og mye minne, og ideelt sett mer enn en prosessor eller prosessorkjerne."
+msgstr ""
+"Tynnklienttjener (og tjener for arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk). Klienter "
+"uten harddisk starter opp og kjører programvare fra denne tjeneren. Denne "
+"maskinen trenger to nettverkskort og mye minne, og ideelt sett mer enn en "
+"prosessor eller prosessorkjerne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:484
@@ -1712,7 +1723,9 @@ msgstr "frittstående"
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
-msgstr "En vanlig maskin som kan fungere uten en hovedtjener. Dvs. den trenger ikke være inne på nettverket. Denne profilen passer bra for bærbare."
+msgstr ""
+"En vanlig maskin som kan fungere uten en hovedtjener. Dvs. den trenger ikke "
+"være inne på nettverket. Denne profilen passer bra for bærbare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:487
@@ -1727,7 +1740,12 @@ msgid ""
"integrate into the Debian Edu network, but without any services and "
"applications. It is useful as a platform for single services manually moved "
"out from the main-server."
-msgstr "Denne profilen er bare tilgjengelig når man bruker oppstartsalternativet \"debian-edu-expert\". Den vil installere grunnpakkene og sette opp maskinen slik at den blir integrert i Debian Edu-nettverket. Men uten noen tjenester og applikasjoner. Den er nyttig som en plattform for enkle tjenester som man flytter manuelt ut fra hovedtjeneren."
+msgstr ""
+"Denne profilen er bare tilgjengelig når man bruker oppstartsalternativet "
+"\"debian-edu-expert\". Den vil installere grunnpakkene og sette opp maskinen "
+"slik at den blir integrert i Debian Edu-nettverket. Men uten noen tjenester "
+"og applikasjoner. Den er nyttig som en plattform for enkle tjenester som man "
+"flytter manuelt ut fra hovedtjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:491
@@ -1735,12 +1753,18 @@ msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
"workstation."
-msgstr "De tre første profilene kan alle installeres på en og samme maskin. Det betyr at hovedtjener kan også være tynnklienttjener og kan brukes som en arbeidstasjon."
+msgstr ""
+"De tre første profilene kan alle installeres på en og samme maskin. Det "
+"betyr at hovedtjener kan også være tynnklienttjener og kan brukes som en "
+"arbeidstasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
-msgstr "si ja til automatisk partisjonering, det vil ødelegge alle data på harddiskene!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgstr ""
+"si ja til automatisk partisjonering, det vil ødelegge alle data på "
+"harddiskene!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:493
@@ -1770,7 +1794,8 @@ msgstr "vær glad"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:506
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1843,7 +1868,12 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
"internet connection we strongly suggest to add the following lines to it, so "
"that available (security) updates can be installed:"
-msgstr "Viss du installerer fra en DVD vil <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> bare inneholde kilder fra DVDen. Viss du har en internettilkopling så anbefaler vi på det sterkeste å legge til disse linjene til denne filen, slik at tilgjengelige (sikkerhets)oppdateringer kan installeres:"
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du installerer fra en DVD vil <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
+"computeroutput> bare inneholde kilder fra DVDen. Viss du har en "
+"internettilkopling så anbefaler vi på det sterkeste å legge til disse "
+"linjene til denne filen, slik at tilgjengelige (sikkerhets)oppdateringer kan "
+"installeres:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:533
@@ -1861,7 +1891,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:542
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Skjermbilder fra en installasjon av hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener på en "
"i386-maskin."
@@ -1969,7 +2000,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
-msgstr "legge arbeidstasjoner til vertsnettgrupper (for å eksportere hjemmeområder via NFS)"
+msgstr ""
+"legge arbeidstasjoner til vertsnettgrupper (for å eksportere hjemmeområder "
+"via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:644
@@ -2059,7 +2092,10 @@ msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
-msgstr "For å få tilgang til lwat, så går du til <ulink url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink> i nettleseren din. Du vil få en feilmelding på grunn av minst to ting:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å få tilgang til lwat, så går du til <ulink url='https://www/"
+"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink> i nettleseren din. Du vil få en feilmelding "
+"på grunn av minst to ting:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:677
@@ -2076,7 +2112,9 @@ msgstr "sertifikatet er laget for tjener.intern"
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
-msgstr "du kan også få en feilmelding viss installasjonen er eldre enn en måned, siden sertifikatet er gyldig i bare en måned."
+msgstr ""
+"du kan også få en feilmelding viss installasjonen er eldre enn en måned, "
+"siden sertifikatet er gyldig i bare en måned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:682
@@ -2104,7 +2142,8 @@ msgstr "admin]]"
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
-msgstr "og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
+msgstr ""
+"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:688
@@ -2487,8 +2526,8 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694
-#: release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
+#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -2991,7 +3030,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Før vi forklarer hvordan man oppgraderer, så vær oppmerksom på at du gjør "
"dette på en tjener i drift på egen risiko. <emphasis role='strong'>Debian "
"Edu/Skolelinux kommer med ABSOLUTT INGEN GARANTI, til det omfanget som blir "
-"tillatt av anvedelig lov. </emphasis> Vær snill å lese hele kapittelet før du starter å oppgradere."
+"tillatt av anvedelig lov. </emphasis> Vær snill å lese hele kapittelet før "
+"du starter å oppgradere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1071
@@ -3041,7 +3081,8 @@ msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1083
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Vær snill og les hele dette kapittelet før du starter å oppgradere systemet "
"ditt."
@@ -3089,7 +3130,8 @@ msgstr "vg_data som holder datapartisjoner som /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1099
@@ -3112,10 +3154,12 @@ msgid ""
"on the device."
msgstr ""
"Hovedproblemet her er at systemdataområdet er ganske lite siden data på "
-"denne partisjonen er for det meste statisk. Ved forsøk på å oppgradere på en virituell PC med 8 GB harddisk, så feilet oppgraderingen siden det ikke var mulig å "
-"frigjøre plass på vg_system. Legg merke til at du må ha omtrent 1,5 GB ledig "
-"plass på /var og omtrent 600 MB ledig plass på /usr. Viss dette ikke er "
-"oppfylt vil oppgraderingen feile på grunn av for lite plass på enheten."
+"denne partisjonen er for det meste statisk. Ved forsøk på å oppgradere på "
+"en virituell PC med 8 GB harddisk, så feilet oppgraderingen siden det ikke "
+"var mulig å frigjøre plass på vg_system. Legg merke til at du må ha omtrent "
+"1,5 GB ledig plass på /var og omtrent 600 MB ledig plass på /usr. Viss dette "
+"ikke er oppfylt vil oppgraderingen feile på grunn av for lite plass på "
+"enheten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1106
@@ -3137,7 +3181,10 @@ msgid ""
"1.) Umount the <computeroutput>/var </computeroutput> partition, you 'll "
"have to umount the <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid </computeroutput> "
"partition for this to work, too:"
-msgstr "1.) Avmonter <computeroutput>/var</computeroutput>-partisjonen. Du må avmontere <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid</computeroutput>-partisjonen også for at dette skal fungere:"
+msgstr ""
+"1.) Avmonter <computeroutput>/var</computeroutput>-partisjonen. Du må "
+"avmontere <computeroutput>/var/spool/squid</computeroutput>-partisjonen også "
+"for at dette skal fungere:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1113
@@ -3206,7 +3253,9 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Now modify <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </computeroutput> to "
"contain these lines"
-msgstr "Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> slik at de inneholder disse linjene"
+msgstr ""
+"Nå kan du endre <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput> slik "
+"at de inneholder disse linjene"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1137
@@ -3246,7 +3295,10 @@ msgid ""
"Here we can give you some hints, what you should answer to the debconf "
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
-msgstr "Her kan vi gi deg noen hint om hva du bør svare på debconf-spørsmålene under oppgraderingen. Men vær oppmerksom på at denne veiledningen er basert på oppgradering av en enkel nyinstallert hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener."
+msgstr ""
+"Her kan vi gi deg noen hint om hva du bør svare på debconf-spørsmålene under "
+"oppgraderingen. Men vær oppmerksom på at denne veiledningen er basert på "
+"oppgradering av en enkel nyinstallert hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1156
@@ -3321,7 +3373,10 @@ msgid ""
"If you choose \"yes\", this will help us improve Debian Edu. (We'll get an "
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
-msgstr "Viss du velger «ja», vil det hjelpe oss med å forbedre Debian Edu. (Vi vil få en ukentlig rapport med hvilke program som brukes oftest.) Dataene blir samlet inn anonymt og du har mulighet til å si «nei»."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du velger «ja», vil det hjelpe oss med å forbedre Debian Edu. (Vi vil "
+"få en ukentlig rapport med hvilke program som brukes oftest.) Dataene blir "
+"samlet inn anonymt og du har mulighet til å si «nei»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1182
@@ -3335,7 +3390,8 @@ msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1188
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3368,7 +3424,9 @@ msgstr "* Starte tjenester på nytt. Svar «ja»."
msgid ""
"These are the debconf questions you will see if you have no additional "
"packages installed."
-msgstr "Dette er debconf-spørsmålene du vil se viss du ikke har ekstra pakker installert."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette er debconf-spørsmålene du vil se viss du ikke har ekstra pakker "
+"installert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1202
@@ -3384,8 +3442,9 @@ msgid ""
"something, please always choose: \"Install the latest one\"."
msgstr ""
"Legg merke til følgende: Installasjonsprogrammet vil spørre deg flere ganger "
-"om du vil ta vare på gamle modifiserte versjoner av oppsettfiler eller om "
-"du vil bruke de nyeste. Standard er å ta vare på de modifiserte. Viss du ikke virkelig har endret noe, så må du svare: «Installer de siste»."
+"om du vil ta vare på gamle modifiserte versjoner av oppsettfiler eller om du "
+"vil bruke de nyeste. Standard er å ta vare på de modifiserte. Viss du ikke "
+"virkelig har endret noe, så må du svare: «Installer de siste»."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1206
@@ -3473,8 +3532,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"For å fikse dette må du omdøpe katalogen: <emphasis>/var/backups/dc=skole,"
"dc=skolelinux,dc=no-2.2.23-8.ldapdb </emphasis> og siden openldap nå kjører "
-"som bruker <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> (istedet for root) må filrettighetene til "
-"oppsettfilene endres:"
+"som bruker <emphasis>openldap</emphasis> (istedet for root) må "
+"filrettighetene til oppsettfilene endres:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1234
@@ -3533,8 +3592,10 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1250
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1252
@@ -3587,7 +3648,12 @@ msgid ""
"a samba group. In etch samba keeps groupmap information in the LDAP "
"database. Unfortunatly this issue was discovered too late for our LDAP admin "
"tool \"lwat\" to be aware of the situation."
-msgstr "Det er en endring i hvordan samba håndterer gruppekart mellom sarge og etch. I sarge så håndterte samba gruppekartene internt, så en unix-gruppe var også en sambagruppe. I etch så har samba gruppekartinformasjonen i LDAP-databasen. Dessverre så ble dette oppdaget for sent til at vårt LDAP-administrasjonsverktøy «lwat» ble oppdatert for dette."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er en endring i hvordan samba håndterer gruppekart mellom sarge og etch. "
+"I sarge så håndterte samba gruppekartene internt, så en unix-gruppe var også "
+"en sambagruppe. I etch så har samba gruppekartinformasjonen i LDAP-"
+"databasen. Dessverre så ble dette oppdaget for sent til at vårt LDAP-"
+"administrasjonsverktøy «lwat» ble oppdatert for dette."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1272
@@ -3595,7 +3661,10 @@ msgid ""
"When you upgrade your LDAP from a sarge installation, you must make sure to "
"create the Domain Admins account, neccessary for correct samba domain "
"operation. Create the Domain Admins account with the command:"
-msgstr "Når du oppgraderer din LDAP fra en sarge-installasjon, så må du må du opprette domeneadministrasjonskontoen. Noe som er nødvendig for korrekt samba-domene håndtering. Opprett domeneadministrasjonskontoen med kommandoen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Når du oppgraderer din LDAP fra en sarge-installasjon, så må du må du "
+"opprette domeneadministrasjonskontoen. Noe som er nødvendig for korrekt "
+"samba-domene håndtering. Opprett domeneadministrasjonskontoen med kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1273
@@ -3618,7 +3687,11 @@ msgid ""
"you must create the groupmaps in LDAP manually, this is explained in more "
"detail in the <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
"chapter of this manual."
-msgstr "Viss du vil at Windows-maskinene dine skal være klar over hvilke grupper brukere er i, så må du lage gruppekart i LDAP-manuelt. Dette er forklart mer detaljert i kapittelet <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Veiledning/Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du vil at Windows-maskinene dine skal være klar over hvilke grupper "
+"brukere er i, så må du lage gruppekart i LDAP-manuelt. Dette er forklart mer "
+"detaljert i kapittelet <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">Veiledning/"
+"Nettverksklienter</link> i denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1284
@@ -3647,7 +3720,8 @@ msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1295
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generell administrasjon</"
"link>"
@@ -3660,7 +3734,8 @@ msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1304
@@ -3689,8 +3764,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1319
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1320
@@ -3801,7 +3878,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
-msgstr "For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1361
@@ -3850,7 +3928,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1376
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
@@ -4003,7 +4082,10 @@ msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
"default installations."
-msgstr "Siden <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org</ulink> er en relativt ny tjeneste, introdusert med Debian Etch, så er den ikke påslått på standardinstallasjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Siden <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org</ulink> er "
+"en relativt ny tjeneste, introdusert med Debian Etch, så er den ikke påslått "
+"på standardinstallasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1440
@@ -4025,7 +4107,15 @@ msgid ""
"without getting the drawbacks of using unstable, even without getting the "
"drawbacks for the selected packages. So debian-volatile will only contain "
"changes to stable programs that are necessary to keep them functional."
-msgstr "Noen pakker sikter på et bevegelig objekt, slik som filter for søppelpost og virusskanning. Selv om de bruker oppdaterte datamønster, så er de ikke fullstendig funksjonelle gjennom en hel stabil utgivelse. Hovedmålet med volatile (flyktig) er å tillate systemadministratorer å oppdatere systemene sine på eg god, konsistent måte, uten ulempene med å bruke unstable, til og med uten ulempene med de utvalgte pakkene. Så debian-volatile vil bare inneholde endringer til stabile program som er nødvendige for at de skal være funksjonelle."
+msgstr ""
+"Noen pakker sikter på et bevegelig objekt, slik som filter for søppelpost og "
+"virusskanning. Selv om de bruker oppdaterte datamønster, så er de ikke "
+"fullstendig funksjonelle gjennom en hel stabil utgivelse. Hovedmålet med "
+"volatile (flyktig) er å tillate systemadministratorer å oppdatere systemene "
+"sine på eg god, konsistent måte, uten ulempene med å bruke unstable, til og "
+"med uten ulempene med de utvalgte pakkene. Så debian-volatile vil bare "
+"inneholde endringer til stabile program som er nødvendige for at de skal "
+"være funksjonelle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1450
@@ -4040,7 +4130,9 @@ msgid ""
"you do not have to add this key manually to roots keyring anymore. Just add "
"the following line to <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput>:"
-msgstr "Du trenger bare legge denne linjen til <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list</computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Du trenger bare legge denne linjen til <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources."
+"list</computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1457
@@ -4072,7 +4164,10 @@ msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
"more outdated as you like. This is where backports.org steps in."
-msgstr "Du kjører Debian Edu, fordi du foretrekker stabiliteten til Debian Edu. Det kjører fint, det er bare ett problem: av og til er programvaren mer utdatert enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kjører Debian Edu, fordi du foretrekker stabiliteten til Debian Edu. Det "
+"kjører fint, det er bare ett problem: av og til er programvaren mer utdatert "
+"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1471
@@ -4085,7 +4180,15 @@ msgid ""
"backports available there. </emphasis> Please follow the instructions on "
"<ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org </ulink> to "
"use these backports."
-msgstr "Backports er pakker fra Debian testing (for det meste) og Debian unstable (i noen få tilfeller, f.eks. sikkerhetsoppdateringer), som er kompilert for Debian stable. Du vil derfor ikke trenge nye bibliotek (så langt det er mulig) på en stabil Debian-distribusjon som Debian Edu. <emphasis role='strong'>Vi anbefaler deg til bare å plukke ut enkeltpakker som passer til dine behov og ikke bruke alle pakkene som er tilgjengelig i backports.</emphasis> Følg instruksjonene på <ulink url='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
+msgstr ""
+"Backports er pakker fra Debian testing (for det meste) og Debian unstable (i "
+"noen få tilfeller, f.eks. sikkerhetsoppdateringer), som er kompilert for "
+"Debian stable. Du vil derfor ikke trenge nye bibliotek (så langt det er "
+"mulig) på en stabil Debian-distribusjon som Debian Edu. <emphasis "
+"role='strong'>Vi anbefaler deg til bare å plukke ut enkeltpakker som passer "
+"til dine behov og ikke bruke alle pakkene som er tilgjengelig i backports.</"
+"emphasis> Følg instruksjonene på <ulink url='http://www.backports."
+"org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1475
@@ -4094,7 +4197,12 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
"computeroutput> can use this repository <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"SecureApt'>securily </ulink>. This is done by running these commands as root:"
-msgstr "Du vil måtte legge arkivnøkkelen for backports.org til root sin <computeroutput>gpg</computeroutput>-nøkkelring, slik at <computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> kan bruke dette arkivet <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>sikkert</ulink>. Dette blir gjort ved å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
+msgstr ""
+"Du vil måtte legge arkivnøkkelen for backports.org til root sin "
+"<computeroutput>gpg</computeroutput>-nøkkelring, slik at "
+"<computeroutput>apt</computeroutput> kan bruke dette arkivet <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/SecureApt'>sikkert</ulink>. Dette blir gjort ved "
+"å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1481
@@ -4153,12 +4261,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4181,37 +4289,109 @@ msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode </ulink> and "
-"write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to "
-"change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
+"members of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
+msgid ""
+"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
+msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
+"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
+"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1568
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
+"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
+"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
"computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default."
-msgstr "I Debian/Etch, så ble måten å tilpasse innloggingskjermen kde forandret. Nå blir det gjort ved å legge en fil til <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
+msgstr ""
+"I Debian/Etch, så ble måten å tilpasse innloggingskjermen kde forandret. Nå "
+"blir det gjort ved å legge en fil til <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/</"
+"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr "Her er et eksempel som aktiverer temaet i {{desktop-base}}}-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4223,7 +4403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4232,29 +4412,28 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1593
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
-"require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
-"binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, "
-"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
+"binary from Adobe."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
-"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
+"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4263,7 +4442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1606
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4277,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4290,7 +4469,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1596
+#: release-manual.xml:1617
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4299,7 +4478,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4309,14 +4488,15 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1600
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
"Viss du tidligere har installert flashplayer-mozilla, så må du fjerne denne "
"først:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4326,12 +4506,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Så installere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1626
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4340,18 +4520,55 @@ msgstr ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
+msgid ""
+"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
+"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
+"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
+msgid "Then:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4361,12 +4578,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4377,7 +4594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4386,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4396,7 +4613,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4405,12 +4622,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4420,17 +4637,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4443,17 +4660,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4468,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4481,7 +4698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4490,7 +4707,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4506,12 +4723,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1675
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4520,7 +4737,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4533,12 +4750,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4557,7 +4774,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4566,64 +4783,74 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
"by the client hardware to assure esd can find /dev/dsp. If it's not done "
"automatically, this line:"
-msgstr "Viss klienten har lydkort og alsa blir brukt (for tiden er alsa standard lydsystem i Debian), må modulen snd-pcm-oss bli lastet av klienten for at esd skal finne /dev/dsp. Viss det ikke blir gjort automatisk, kan denne linjen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Viss klienten har lydkort og alsa blir brukt (for tiden er alsa standard "
+"lydsystem i Debian), må modulen snd-pcm-oss bli lastet av klienten for at "
+"esd skal finne /dev/dsp. Viss det ikke blir gjort automatisk, kan denne "
+"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1740
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
"enables Windows clients to store profiles and userdata and also "
"authenticates the users during the login."
-msgstr "For Windowsklienter så er domenet «SKOLELINUX» tilgjengelig så de kan bli med i. En spesiell tjeneste kalt Samba er installert på hovedtjeneren. Denne gjør det mulig for windowsklienter å lagre profiler og brukerdata og også autentisere brukere under innlogging."
+msgstr ""
+"For Windowsklienter så er domenet «SKOLELINUX» tilgjengelig så de kan bli "
+"med i. En spesiell tjeneste kalt Samba er installert på hovedtjeneren. Denne "
+"gjør det mulig for windowsklienter å lagre profiler og brukerdata og også "
+"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Opprette en bruker med medlemskap i \"admins\" gruppen (viss den ikke eksisterer)"
+msgstr ""
+"1. Opprette en bruker med medlemskap i \"admins\" gruppen (viss den ikke "
+"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4631,16 +4858,19 @@ msgid ""
"docu>). The user \"root\" will <emphasis role='strong'>not </emphasis> work, "
"because there is no password for root in Samba."
msgstr ""
-"For å kunne melde maskinen inn i domenet «SKOLELINUX» må et medlem av admins-gruppen autorisere prosessen. Viss det ikke eksisterer en bruker med det medlemskapet ennå må denne opprettes (for mer informasjon se <link to lwat "
-"docu>). Brukeren «root» vil <emphasis role='strong'>ikke</emphasis> fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
+"For å kunne melde maskinen inn i domenet «SKOLELINUX» må et medlem av admins-"
+"gruppen autorisere prosessen. Viss det ikke eksisterer en bruker med det "
+"medlemskapet ennå må denne opprettes (for mer informasjon se <link to "
+"lwat docu>). Brukeren «root» vil <emphasis role='strong'>ikke</emphasis> "
+"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4653,26 +4883,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4686,7 +4916,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1779
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4696,12 +4926,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1749
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4712,7 +4942,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4722,12 +4952,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4736,12 +4966,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4752,7 +4982,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4763,7 +4993,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1777
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4772,7 +5002,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4783,22 +5013,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1787
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4808,56 +5038,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1803
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4868,48 +5098,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4917,18 +5148,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4938,7 +5169,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4947,7 +5178,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4955,34 +5186,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1874
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4990,29 +5222,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5022,7 +5254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1921
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5031,12 +5263,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5044,21 +5276,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5067,14 +5299,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -5082,38 +5314,38 @@ msgstr ""
"TeachAndLearn'>undervisning og opplæring</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5121,26 +5353,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5148,12 +5380,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5161,7 +5393,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5174,14 +5406,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5189,22 +5421,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2104
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5213,7 +5445,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5224,12 +5456,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5237,7 +5469,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5245,19 +5477,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5266,7 +5498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5274,12 +5506,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5288,7 +5520,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5299,7 +5531,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5308,7 +5540,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5319,22 +5551,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5342,7 +5574,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5350,12 +5582,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5363,7 +5595,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5372,65 +5604,65 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2183
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5438,13 +5670,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
#, fuzzy
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -5453,7 +5685,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5462,27 +5694,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
#, fuzzy
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5490,32 +5722,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5525,7 +5757,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5535,7 +5767,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
@@ -5548,14 +5780,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5564,26 +5796,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5591,24 +5823,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2323
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5617,7 +5849,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5626,7 +5858,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5635,7 +5867,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5643,17 +5875,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5662,12 +5894,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5681,7 +5913,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2364
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5692,7 +5924,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5704,14 +5936,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5720,7 +5952,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5728,7 +5960,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5737,7 +5969,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5752,7 +5984,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2385
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5766,7 +5998,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5775,7 +6007,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5784,7 +6016,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5793,7 +6025,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5802,7 +6034,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5813,7 +6045,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5823,7 +6055,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5837,7 +6069,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5847,7 +6079,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5859,7 +6091,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5872,7 +6104,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5884,7 +6116,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5901,7 +6133,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5909,7 +6141,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5923,14 +6155,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5942,7 +6174,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2430
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5951,7 +6183,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5963,7 +6195,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5976,13 +6208,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5996,7 +6228,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6010,42 +6242,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2462
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2436
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6057,125 +6289,125 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460 release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6184,35 +6416,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 946facf..3806590 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-11-28 16:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:06+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-28</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:282
msgid ""
-"for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
+"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2076 release-manual.xml:2156
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000 release-manual.xml:1578 release-manual.xml:1589 release-manual.xml:1694 release-manual.xml:1994 release-manual.xml:2008 release-manual.xml:2023
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000 release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728 release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3390,12 +3390,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1951 release-manual.xml:2049
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1953 release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3415,22 +3415,90 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1548
+msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"FIXME: see <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode "
-"</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings "
-"here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
+"members of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
+msgid "customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
+"kde panel"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
+msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1555
+msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1556
+msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1559
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"user and members of the admins file group)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:1561
+msgid ""
+"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
+"easy access to all the administration programs"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
+"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
+"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1568
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
+"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
+"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in "
+"/etc/kde-user-profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1570
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc "
+"</computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1576
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1558
+#: release-manual.xml:1578
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3438,14 +3506,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1561
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
-"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} "
-"package:"
+"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
+"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1562
+#: release-manual.xml:1583
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3454,43 +3522,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1566
+#: release-manual.xml:1587
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1572
+#: release-manual.xml:1593
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1574
+#: release-manual.xml:1595
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
-"require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled "
-"binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, "
-"no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
+"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
+"binary from Adobe."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1602
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch "
-"[pere 2007-07-12]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in "
+"Etch. This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1604
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1585
+#: release-manual.xml:1606
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
@@ -3498,7 +3565,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1592 release-manual.xml:2026
+#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3507,14 +3574,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1596
+#: release-manual.xml:1617
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1597
+#: release-manual.xml:1618
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3523,12 +3590,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1600
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1601
+#: release-manual.xml:1622
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3536,30 +3603,65 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1605
+#: release-manual.xml:1626
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
+msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
+msgid ""
+"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
+"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
+"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"wget "
+"http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
+msgid "Then:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
+"]]"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1611
+#: release-manual.xml:1645
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1614
+#: release-manual.xml:1648
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3567,12 +3669,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1620
+#: release-manual.xml:1654
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1656
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3580,14 +3682,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1659
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3595,19 +3697,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1665
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3615,17 +3717,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1646
+#: release-manual.xml:1680
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3634,17 +3736,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1652
+#: release-manual.xml:1686
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3654,7 +3756,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1696
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3663,14 +3765,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1700
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1669
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3681,19 +3783,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1675
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1677
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1679
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3702,12 +3804,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1720
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1688
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3719,19 +3821,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1731
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1702
+#: release-manual.xml:1736
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1738
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3740,27 +3842,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1706
+#: release-manual.xml:1740
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1708
+#: release-manual.xml:1742
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1714
+#: release-manual.xml:1748
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1718
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3769,21 +3871,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1756
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1724
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3793,12 +3895,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1733
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3811,26 +3913,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1772
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1741
+#: release-manual.xml:1775
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -3844,7 +3946,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1779
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -3854,12 +3956,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1749
+#: release-manual.xml:1783
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -3870,7 +3972,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1755
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -3880,12 +3982,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1764
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1766
+#: release-manual.xml:1800
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -3894,12 +3996,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1773
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -3910,7 +4012,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -3921,7 +4023,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1777
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -3930,7 +4032,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1780
+#: release-manual.xml:1814
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -3941,22 +4043,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785 release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1787
+#: release-manual.xml:1821
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1788
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1790
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -3966,56 +4068,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1791
+#: release-manual.xml:1825
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1826
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1793 release-manual.xml:1796
+#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1794
+#: release-manual.xml:1828
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1795
+#: release-manual.xml:1829
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1799
+#: release-manual.xml:1833
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1801
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1803
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811 release-manual.xml:1884 release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1813
+#: release-manual.xml:1847
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4026,48 +4128,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1818
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1854
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1855
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1823
+#: release-manual.xml:1857
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1861
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1834
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4075,17 +4177,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1873
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1862
+#: release-manual.xml:1896
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1898
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4095,7 +4197,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1904
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4104,7 +4206,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1872
+#: release-manual.xml:1906
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4112,34 +4214,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:1908
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1877
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1886
+#: release-manual.xml:1920
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1932
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4147,29 +4249,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1950
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1918
+#: release-manual.xml:1952
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4179,7 +4281,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1921
+#: release-manual.xml:1955
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4188,12 +4290,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1964
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1966
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4201,14 +4303,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1938
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4216,7 +4318,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1941
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4225,50 +4327,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:2009
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:2011
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1980
+#: release-manual.xml:2014
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1985
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1987
+#: release-manual.xml:2021
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1990
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4276,26 +4378,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1997
+#: release-manual.xml:2031
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2039
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2045
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4303,12 +4405,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2051
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2053
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4316,7 +4418,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2065
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4331,14 +4433,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2054
+#: release-manual.xml:2088
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4346,22 +4448,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2063
+#: release-manual.xml:2097
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2067
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2104
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2075
+#: release-manual.xml:2109
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4370,7 +4472,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2081
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4381,12 +4483,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:2121
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4394,7 +4496,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2091
+#: release-manual.xml:2125
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4402,12 +4504,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2098
+#: release-manual.xml:2132
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2100
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4415,7 +4517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2103
+#: release-manual.xml:2137
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4424,7 +4526,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2106
+#: release-manual.xml:2140
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4433,12 +4535,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2146
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2114
+#: release-manual.xml:2148
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4447,7 +4549,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4459,7 +4561,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2124
+#: release-manual.xml:2158
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4468,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2126
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4479,22 +4581,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2141
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2145
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2151
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4502,7 +4604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2189
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4510,12 +4612,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2166
+#: release-manual.xml:2200
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2168
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4523,7 +4625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2172
+#: release-manual.xml:2206
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4532,17 +4634,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2209
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2181
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2183
+#: release-manual.xml:2217
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4550,24 +4652,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2187
+#: release-manual.xml:2221
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:2224
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2196
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2198
+#: release-manual.xml:2232
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4575,24 +4677,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2240
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2208
+#: release-manual.xml:2242
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2251
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2219
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -4600,12 +4702,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2226
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2228
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -4614,7 +4716,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -4623,26 +4725,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2236
+#: release-manual.xml:2270
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2238
+#: release-manual.xml:2272
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2276
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -4650,31 +4752,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2244
+#: release-manual.xml:2278
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2249
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2255
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2257
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -4684,7 +4786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2294
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -4695,7 +4797,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4704,7 +4806,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2268
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -4712,7 +4814,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2273
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -4722,26 +4824,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2277
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2279
+#: release-manual.xml:2313
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2282
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2287
+#: release-manual.xml:2321
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -4749,23 +4851,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2323
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2332
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2304
+#: release-manual.xml:2338
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -4774,7 +4876,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2341
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4783,7 +4885,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4792,7 +4894,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4800,17 +4902,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2350
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2318
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4819,12 +4921,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2325
+#: release-manual.xml:2359
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2327
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -4838,7 +4940,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2330
+#: release-manual.xml:2364
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4849,7 +4951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2366
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -4861,14 +4963,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2335
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2337
+#: release-manual.xml:2371
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4877,7 +4979,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2340
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -4885,7 +4987,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4894,7 +4996,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2346
+#: release-manual.xml:2380
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -4909,7 +5011,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2385
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -4923,7 +5025,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2353
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -4932,7 +5034,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2389
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -4941,7 +5043,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2357
+#: release-manual.xml:2391
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -4950,7 +5052,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2360
+#: release-manual.xml:2394
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -4959,7 +5061,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2363
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -4970,7 +5072,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -4980,7 +5082,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2405
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -4994,7 +5096,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5004,7 +5106,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2375
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5016,7 +5118,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2378
+#: release-manual.xml:2412
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5029,7 +5131,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5041,7 +5143,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2384
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5058,7 +5160,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2421
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5066,7 +5168,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2423
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5080,14 +5182,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2393
+#: release-manual.xml:2427
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5099,7 +5201,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2396
+#: release-manual.xml:2430
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5108,7 +5210,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2399
+#: release-manual.xml:2433
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5120,7 +5222,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2401
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5133,12 +5235,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2404
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2441
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5152,7 +5254,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2410
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5166,42 +5268,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2416
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2422
+#: release-manual.xml:2456
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2426
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2461
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2428
+#: release-manual.xml:2462
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2429
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2468
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2436
+#: release-manual.xml:2470
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5214,122 +5316,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2445
+#: release-manual.xml:2479
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2449
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2454
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2457
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460 release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2464
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2467
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2474
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2477
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2480
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2484
+#: release-manual.xml:2518
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2497
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2500
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2538
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2507
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2548
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2517
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2527
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5339,32 +5441,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2533
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2568
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2547
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2583
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index b941ace..19d76f3 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-11-28</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem>disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better.
-</listitem><listitem>for the thin clients 32 MiB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap is required
+</listitem><listitem>for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap is required
</listitem><listitem>for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space are recommended minimum requirements
</listitem><listitem>
<para>for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable.
@@ -1544,12 +1544,32 @@ aptitude update
<section>
<title>KDE Kiosk mode
-</title><itemizedlist><listitem>
-<para>FIXME: see <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/TerraKioskMode
-</ulink> and write a proper description of the kiosk mode settings here. (esp. how to change them from a schooladmin POV)
+</title>
+<para>Two default profiles are included:
</para>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile
+</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group)
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs
+</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel
+</listitem><listitem>adept is not started during login
+</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session
+</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile
+</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group)
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>Note:
+</emphasis>: even if you can modify them using <computeroutput>kiosktool
+</computeroutput>, you should not do this, because your changes will be overridden on upgrades.
+</para>
+<para>If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile
+</para>
+<para>If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc
+</computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)
+</para>
</section>
<section>
@@ -1558,7 +1578,8 @@ aptitude update
<para>In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/
</computeroutput> specifying variables to override the default.
</para>
-<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the {{desktop-base}}} package:
+<para>Here is one example used to activate the theme in the <computeroutput>desktop-base
+</computeroutput> package:
</para><screen><![CDATA[USETHEME="true"
THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
]]>
@@ -1572,13 +1593,13 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
<title>Flash
</title>
<para>To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree
-</computeroutput> debian package. It require a working Internet connection, and will download the precompiled binary from Adobe and convert it into a Debian package before [...]. [Hm, no use documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12].
+</computeroutput> debian package. It requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled binary from Adobe.
</para>
<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
</phrase>
</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> Version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch [pere 2007-07-12]
+</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]
</para>
<para>An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It work with both konqueror and firefox.
</para>
@@ -1605,6 +1626,19 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
</para><screen><![CDATA[dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb
]]>
</screen>
+
+<section>
+<title>Sound with Flash in thin clients
+</title>
+<para>If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages (as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients server. To do it, login as root in the server:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb
+]]>
+</screen>
+<para>Then:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb
+]]>
+</screen>
+</section>
</section>
<section>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list